blob: 983d55ecea2c6a297bbccc38164b1e098d293a96 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk8c831282012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000126
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
129
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000130
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russcbfce1d2011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu2f46d422011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
205 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
206 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
207 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
208 /lib Architecture specific library files
209 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
210 /cpu CPU specific files
211 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
212 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
213 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
214 /lib Architecture specific library files
215 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
216 /cpu CPU specific files
217 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
218 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
219 /lib Architecture specific library files
220/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
221/board Board dependent files
222/common Misc architecture independent functions
223/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
224/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
225/drivers Commonly used device drivers
226/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
227/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
228/include Header Files
229/lib Files generic to all architectures
230 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
231 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
232 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
233/net Networking code
234/post Power On Self Test
235/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
236/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238Software Configuration:
239=======================
240
241Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
242rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
243
244There are two classes of configuration variables:
245
246* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
247 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
248 "CONFIG_".
249
250* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
251 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
252 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200253 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
256identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
257do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
258links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
259as an example here.
260
261
262Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
263---------------------------------------------------
264
265For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
266configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
267
268Example: For a TQM823L module type:
269
270 cd u-boot
271 make TQM823L_config
272
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200273For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000274e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
275directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
276
277
278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
427 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
428
429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000432- Generic CPU options:
433 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
434
435 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
436 values is arch specific.
437
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100438- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200439 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440
441 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
442 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
443 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200445 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200446
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100447 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
448 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200449 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100450 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200451
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200452- MIPS CPU options:
453 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
454
455 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
456 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
457 relocation.
458
459 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
460
461 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
462 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
463 Possible values are:
464 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
465 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
466 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
467 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
468 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
469 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
470 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
471 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
474
475 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
476 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
477
478 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
479
480 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
481 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
482 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
483
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000484- ARM options:
485 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
486
487 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
488 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
489
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000490 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
491
492 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
493 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
494 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
495 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
496 GCC.
497
Stephen Warrenc63c3502013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000498 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000499 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
500 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
501 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
502
503 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
504 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
505 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
506 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
507 set these options unless they apply!
508
Stephen Warren445d56c2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000509- CPU timer options:
510 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
511
512 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
513 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
514 option must be set to 1000.
515
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000516- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000517 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
518
519 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
520 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
521 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
522 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
523 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
524 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
525 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000526 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100527 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000528 default environment.
529
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000530 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
531
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200532 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000533 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
534 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
535
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400536 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200537
538 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400539 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
540 concepts).
541
542 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
543 * New libfdt-based support
544 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500545 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400546
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200547 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
548 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
549 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
550 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200551 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600552 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200553
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200554 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
555 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500556
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600557 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
558
559 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
560 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000561
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500562 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
563
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200564 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500565 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
566
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200567 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
568
569 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
570 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
571 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
572 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
573 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
574 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
575
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000576 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
577
578 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
579 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
580 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
581 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
582 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
583 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
584 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
585
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100586- vxWorks boot parameters:
587
588 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
589 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
590 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
591
592 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
593 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
594 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
595 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
596
597 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
598
599 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
600
601 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
602 the defaults discussed just above.
603
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000604- Cache Configuration:
605 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
606 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
607 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
608
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000609- Cache Configuration for ARM:
610 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
611 controller
612 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
613 controller register space
614
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000615- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200616 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000617
618 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
619
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200620 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000621
622 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
623
624 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
625
626 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
627 the clock speed of the UARTs.
628
629 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
630
631 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
632 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
633 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
634
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000635 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
636
637 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
638 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
639 this variable to initialize the extra register.
640
641 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
642
643 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
644 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
645 variable to flush the UART at init time.
646
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000648- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000649 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
650 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
651 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
652 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000653
654 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
655 port routines must be defined elsewhere
656 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
657
658 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
659 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000660 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
662 (default big endian)
663 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
664 rectangle fill
665 (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
667 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
669 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000670 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
671 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
673 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000674 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
676 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
677 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
679 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
680 (i.e. i8042_getc)
681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
682 (requires blink timer
683 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200684 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
686 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500687 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
689 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000690 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
691 linux_logo.h for logo.
692 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200694 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695 the logo
696
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000697 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
698 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
699 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
700
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000701 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
702 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
703 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000705 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
706 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
707 the "silent" environment variable. See
708 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710- Console Baudrate:
711 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
712 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200713 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
714 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100716- Console Rx buffer length
717 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
718 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100719 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100720 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
721 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
722 the SMC.
723
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000724- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200725 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
726 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
727 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
728 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
729 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
730 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
731 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200732 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200733 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000734
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200735 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
736 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000737
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000738- Safe printf() functions
739 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
740 the printf() functions. These are defined in
741 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
742 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
743 If this option is not given then these functions will
744 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
745 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000747- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
748 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
749 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000750 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
751 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752
753 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
754 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
755 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
756 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
759 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
761 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
762 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
763 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
764 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
765
766- Autoboot Command:
767 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
768 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
769 define a command string that is automatically executed
770 when no character is read on the console interface
771 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
772
773 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000774 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
775 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
776 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777
778 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000779 The value of these goes into the environment as
780 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
781 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200782 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783
784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
818 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 and augmenting with additional #define's
820 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 The default command configuration includes all commands
823 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
827 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
828 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
829 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
830 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
831 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
832 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
835 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
836 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600837 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
839 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
840 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
842 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
845 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600846 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergera2d62b72012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600847 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500848 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
850 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000853 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500854 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
855 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
856 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Benoît Thébaudeaua8e88552013-04-23 10:17:40 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE Device fuse support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
863 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
864 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
865 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
867 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500869 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
872 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
873 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
874 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysingerfc6508a2010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000876 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
877 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
879 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400880 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
881 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000884 loop, loopw
885 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
887 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
888 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100889 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
891 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600892 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000893 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500894 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
895 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
896 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
897 host
898 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
901 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000902 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500903 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
904 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
905 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
906 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
907 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
908 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700909 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Holler37ef5392011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100910 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400911 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liua671b702013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800912 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200913 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500914 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000915 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000916 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
918 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500919 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000921 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000923
924 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
925 support you can write:
926
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500927 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
928 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000929
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400930 Other Commands:
931 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000932
933 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500934 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000935 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
936 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
937 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
938 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
939 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
940 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000941
942
943 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
944
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000945- Regular expression support:
946 CONFIG_REGEX
947 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
948 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
949 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
950 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
951
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000952- Device tree:
953 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
954 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
955 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
956 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
957 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
958 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
959
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000960 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
961 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000962
963 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
964 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
965 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
966 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
967 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
968 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000969
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000970 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
971 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
972 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
973 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
974
975 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
976
977 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
978 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
979 still use the individual files if you need something more
980 exotic.
981
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000982- Watchdog:
983 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
984 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000985 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
986 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
987 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
988 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
989 available, then no further board specific code should
990 be needed to use it.
991
992 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
993 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
994 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
995 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000996
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000997- U-Boot Version:
998 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
999 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1000 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1001 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001002 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1003 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005- Real-Time Clock:
1006
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001007 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001008 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1009 following options:
1010
1011 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1012 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001013 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001014 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001015 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001017 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001018 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001019 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001020 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001021 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001022 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1023 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001025 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1026 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1027
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001028- GPIO Support:
1029 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1030 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1031
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001032 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1033 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1034 pins supported by a particular chip.
1035
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001036 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1037 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1038
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001039- Timestamp Support:
1040
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001041 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1042 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1043 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001044 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001046- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1047 Zero or more of the following:
1048 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1049 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1050 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1051 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1052 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1053 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1054 disk/part_efi.c
1055 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001057 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1058 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001059 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001060
1061- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001062 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1063 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001064
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001065 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1066 be performed by calling the function
1067 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1068 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001069
1070- ATAPI Support:
1071 CONFIG_ATAPI
1072
1073 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1074
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001075- LBA48 Support
1076 CONFIG_LBA48
1077
1078 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001079 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001080 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1081 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001083 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001084 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1085 Default is 32bit.
1086
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001087- SCSI Support:
1088 At the moment only there is only support for the
1089 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1090 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001092 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1093 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1094 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001095 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1096 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001097 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001098
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001099 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1100 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1101
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001102- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001103 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001104 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1105
1106 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1107 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1108 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1109 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1110
1111 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1112 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1113 example with the "sspi" command.
1114
1115 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1116 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1117 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001118
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001119 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001120 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001121
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001122 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1123 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001124 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001125 write routine for first time initialisation.
1126
1127 CONFIG_TULIP
1128 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1129 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1130 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1131
1132 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1133 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1134
1135 CONFIG_NS8382X
1136 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1137
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001138- NETWORK Support (other):
1139
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001140 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1141 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1142
1143 CONFIG_RMII
1144 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1145
1146 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1147 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1148 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1149
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001150 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1151 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1152
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001153 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001154 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1155
1156 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1157 Define this to hold the physical address
1158 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1159
1160 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1161 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1162
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001163 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001164 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1165
1166 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1167 Define this to hold the physical address
1168 of the device (I/O space)
1169
1170 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1171 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1172
1173 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1174 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1175 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1176
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001177 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1178 Support for davinci emac
1179
1180 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1181 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1182
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001183 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1184 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1185
1186 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1187 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1188 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1189 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1190 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1191 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1192 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1193 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1194
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001195 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001196 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1197
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001198 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001199 Define this to hold the physical address
1200 of the device (I/O space)
1201
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001202 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001203 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1204
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001205 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001206 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1207 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001208 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001209
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001210 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1211 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1212
1213 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1214 Define the number of ports to be used
1215
1216 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1217 Define the ETH PHY's address
1218
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001219 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1220 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1221
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001222- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001223 CONFIG_TPM
1224 Support TPM devices.
1225
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001226 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1227 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1228 per system is supported at this time.
1229
1230 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1231 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1232
1233 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1234 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1235
1236 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1237 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1238
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001239 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001240 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1241 per system is supported at this time.
1242
1243 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1244 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1245 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1246 0xfed40000.
1247
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001248- USB Support:
1249 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001250 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001251 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1252 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001253 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001254 storage devices.
1255 Note:
1256 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1257 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001258 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1259 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1260 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001261 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1262 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001263 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1264 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1265 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001266 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1267 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001268 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001269 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1270 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001271
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001272 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1273 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1274
Kuo-Jung Su4e5923f2013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001275 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1276 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1277
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001278- USB Device:
1279 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1280 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1281 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001282 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001283 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1284 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001285 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001286 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1287 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1288 a Linux host by
1289 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1290 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1291 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1292 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001293
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001294 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1295 Define this to build a UDC device
1296
1297 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1298 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1299 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001300
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301301 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1302 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1303 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1304 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1305 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1306 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1307 speed.
1308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001309 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001310 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1311 be set to usbtty.
1312
1313 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001314 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001315 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001316 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001318 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001319 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001320 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001321
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001322 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001323 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001324 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001325 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1326 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1327 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1328
1329 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1330 Define this string as the name of your company for
1331 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001332
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001333 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1334 Define this string as the name of your product
1335 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001336
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001337 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1338 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1339 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1340 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1341 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001342
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001343 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1344 Define this as the unique Product ID
1345 for your device
1346 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001347
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001348- ULPI Layer Support:
1349 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1350 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1351 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1352 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1353 viewport is supported.
1354 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1355 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001356 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1357 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1358 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001359
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001360- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001361 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1362 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1363 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001364 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001365 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1366 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001367
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001368 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1369 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1370
1371 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1372 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1373
1374 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1375 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1376
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001377- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1378 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1379 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1380
1381 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1382 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1383 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1384 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1385 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1386
1387 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1388 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1389
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001390 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1391 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1392
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001393 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1394 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1395 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1396 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1397 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1398 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1399
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001400- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1401 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1402 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1403 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001405 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1406 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001407 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001409 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001410 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1411 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1412
1413 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001414 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001415 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1416 have not defined a custom partition
1417
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001418- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1419 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001420
1421 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1422 file in FAT formatted partition.
1423
1424 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1425 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001426
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001427CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1428 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1429
1430 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1431 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1432 and cbfsload.
1433
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001434- Keyboard Support:
1435 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1436
1437 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1438 support
1439
1440 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1441 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1442 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1443 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1444 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1445
1446- Video support:
1447 CONFIG_VIDEO
1448
1449 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1450 video).
1451
1452 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1453
1454 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1455
1456 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001457 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001458 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1459 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1460 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001461
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001462 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001463 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001464 are possible:
1465 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001466 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001467
1468 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1469 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1470 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1471 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1472 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1473 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1474 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001475 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1476
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001477 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001478 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001479
1480
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001481 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001482 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001483 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1484 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1485
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001486 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001487 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001488 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1489 support, and should also define these other macros:
1490
1491 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1492 CONFIG_VIDEO
1493 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1494 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1495 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1496 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1497 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1498 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1499
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001500 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1501 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1502 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1503 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001504
Simon Glass54df8ce2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001505 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1506
1507 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1508 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1509 driver.
1510
1511
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001512- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001513 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001514
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001515 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1516 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1517 defined in your board-specific files.
1518 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001519
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001520- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1521
1522 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1523 display); also select one of the supported displays
1524 by defining one of these:
1525
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001526 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1527
1528 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1529
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001530 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001532 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001533
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001534 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1535
1536 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1537 Active, color, single scan.
1538
1539 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001540
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001541 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001542 Active, color, single scan.
1543
1544 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1545
1546 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1547 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1548
1549 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1550
1551 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1552 Active, color, single scan.
1553
1554 CONFIG_HLD1045
1555
1556 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1557 Active, color, single scan.
1558
1559 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1560
1561 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1562 or
1563 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1564 or
1565 Hitachi SP14Q002
1566
1567 320x240. Black & white.
1568
1569 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001570 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001571
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001572 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1573
1574 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1575 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1576 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1577 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1578 a per-section basis.
1579
Simon Glassaf3e2802012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001580 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1581
1582 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1583 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1584 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1585 is slow.
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001586
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001587 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1588
1589 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1590
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001591 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1592
1593 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1594 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1595
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001596- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001597
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001598 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1599 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1600 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001601 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001602 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1603 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1604 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1605 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001606
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001607 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1608
1609 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1610 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1611 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1612 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1613 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1614 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1615 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1616 there is no need to set this option.
1617
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001618 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1619
1620 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1621 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1622 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1623 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1624 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1625 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1626
1627 Example:
1628 setenv splashpos m,m
1629 => image at center of screen
1630
1631 setenv splashpos 30,20
1632 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1633
1634 setenv splashpos -10,m
1635 => vertically centered image
1636 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1637
Nikita Kiryanove0eba1f2013-01-30 21:39:57 +00001638 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE
1639
1640 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare()
1641 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part
1642 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an
1643 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is
1644 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot.
1645
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001646- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1647
1648 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1649 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1650 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1651
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001652- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1653
1654 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1655 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1656 bmp command.
1657
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001658- Do compresssing for memory range:
1659 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1660
1661 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1662 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1663
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001664- Compression support:
1665 CONFIG_BZIP2
1666
1667 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1668 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1669 compressed images are supported.
1670
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001671 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001672 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001673 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001674
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001675 CONFIG_LZMA
1676
1677 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1678 images is included.
1679
1680 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1681 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1682 formula:
1683
1684 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1685
1686 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1687 and Literal pos bits.
1688
1689 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1690 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1691 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1692 a very small buffer.
1693
1694 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1695 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001696 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001697
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001698- MII/PHY support:
1699 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1700
1701 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1702
1703 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1704
1705 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1706
1707 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1708
1709 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001710 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001711
1712 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1713
1714 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1715 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1716 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1717 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1718
1719 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1720
1721 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1722 command issued before MII status register can be read
1723
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001724- Ethernet address:
1725 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001726 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001727 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1728 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001729 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1730 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001731
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001732 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1733 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001734 is not determined automatically.
1735
1736- IP address:
1737 CONFIG_IPADDR
1738
1739 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001740 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001741 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001742 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001743
1744- Server IP address:
1745 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1746
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001747 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001748 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001749 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001750
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001751 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1752
1753 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1754 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1755
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001756- Gateway IP address:
1757 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1758
1759 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1760 default router where packets to other networks are
1761 sent to.
1762 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1763
1764- Subnet mask:
1765 CONFIG_NETMASK
1766
1767 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1768 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1769 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1770 forwarded through a router.
1771 (Environment variable "netmask")
1772
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001773- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1774 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1775
1776 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1777 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001778 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001779 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1780 multicast group.
1781
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001782- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1783 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1784
1785 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1786 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1787 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1788 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1789 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1790 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1791 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1792 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001793 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001794
1795 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1796 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1797 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1798 4th and following
1799 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1800
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001801- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001802 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1803 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001804
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001805 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1806 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1807 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1808 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1809 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1810 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1811 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1812 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1813 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1814 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1815 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1816 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001817 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001818
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001819 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1820 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001821
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001822 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1823 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1824 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1825 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1826 is not available.
1827
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001828 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1829 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1830 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1831 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1832 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1833 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1834 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001835 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001836
1837 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1838 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1839 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001840 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001841 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1842 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001843
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001844 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1845
1846 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1847 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1848 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1849 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1850 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1851 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1852 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1853 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1854 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1855 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1856 this delay.
1857
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001858 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1859 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1860 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1861 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1862 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1863
1864 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1865
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001866 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001867 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001868
1869 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1870
1871 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1872
1873 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1874 of the device.
1875
1876 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1877
1878 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1879 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001880 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001881
1882 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1883
1884 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1885 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1886
1887 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1888
1889 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1890
1891 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1892
1893 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1894
1895 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1896
1897 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1898
1899 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1900
1901 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1902 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1903
1904 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1905
1906 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1907
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001908- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1909
1910 Several configurations allow to display the current
1911 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1912 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1913 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1914 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1915 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1916 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1917 feature in U-Boot.
1918
1919- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1920
1921 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1922 on those systems that support this (optional)
1923 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1924
1925- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1926
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001927 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001928 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001929 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001930
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001931 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001932 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001933 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1934 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001935 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001936
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001937 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001938
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001939 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001940 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1941 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001942
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001943 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001944 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001946 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001947 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001948 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001949 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001950
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001951 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001952 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001953 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1954 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1955 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001956
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001957 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1958
1959 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1960 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1961 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1962 commands until the slave device responds.
1963
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001964 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001965
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001966 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1967 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1968 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001969
1970 I2C_INIT
1971
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001972 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001973 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001974
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001975 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001976
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001977 I2C_PORT
1978
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001979 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1980 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1981 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982
1983 I2C_ACTIVE
1984
1985 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1986 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1987 define can be null.
1988
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001989 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1990
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001991 I2C_TRISTATE
1992
1993 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1994 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1995 define can be null.
1996
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001997 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1998
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001999 I2C_READ
2000
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002001 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2002 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002003
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002004 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2005
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002006 I2C_SDA(bit)
2007
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002008 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2009 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002010
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002011 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002012 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002013 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002014
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002015 I2C_SCL(bit)
2016
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002017 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2018 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002019
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002020 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002021 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002022 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002023
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002024 I2C_DELAY
2025
2026 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2027 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002028 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002029 like:
2030
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002031 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002033 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2034
2035 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2036 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2037 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2038 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2039
2040 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2041 the generic GPIO functions.
2042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002043 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002044
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002045 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2046 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2047 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2048 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2049 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2050 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2051 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2052 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002053
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002054 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2055
2056 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2057 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2058 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2059 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2060 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2061 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2062 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2063 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2064
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002065 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2066
2067 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2068 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2069 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2070
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002071 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2072
2073 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002074 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2075 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002076 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002078 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002079
2080 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002081 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002082 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2083 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002084
2085 e.g.
2086 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002087 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002088
2089 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2090
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002091 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002092 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002093
2094 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002096 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002097
2098 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2099 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002101 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002102
2103 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2104 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002106 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002107
2108 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2109 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2110
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002111 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002112
2113 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2114 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2115 specified DTT device.
2116
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002117 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2118
2119 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002120 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002121
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002122 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2123
2124 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2125 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2126 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2127 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2128 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2129 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2130
2131 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2132 feature!
2133
2134 Example:
2135 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2136 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2137 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2138
2139 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2140
2141 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2142 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2143
2144 => i2c bus
2145 Busses reached over muxes:
2146 Bus ID: 2
2147 reached over Mux(es):
2148 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2149 Bus ID: 3
2150 reached over Mux(es):
2151 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2152 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2153 =>
2154
2155 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002156 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2157 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002158 the channel 4.
2159
2160 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002161 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002162 the 2 muxes.
2163
2164 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2165 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2166 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2167 to add this option to other architectures.
2168
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002169 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2170
2171 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2172 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2173 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2174 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2175 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2176 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2177 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002178
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002179- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2180
2181 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2182 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2183 D/As on the SACSng board)
2184
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002185 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2186
2187 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2188 only SH7757 is supported.
2189
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002190 CONFIG_SPI_X
2191
2192 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2193 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2194
2195 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2196
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002197 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2198 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2199 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2200 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2201 defined, the board configuration must define several
2202 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2203 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002204
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002205 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2206
2207 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2208 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2209 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002210 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002211 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2212
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002213 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2214
2215 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002216 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002217
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002218- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002219
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002220 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2221
2222 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2223
2224 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2225 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002226
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002227 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002228
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002229 Enables support for FPGA family.
2230 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2231
2232 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2233
2234 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002236 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002237
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002238 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002239
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002240 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002241
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002242 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2243 status by the configuration function. This option
2244 will require a board or device specific function to
2245 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002246
2247 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2248
2249 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2250 configuration driver.
2251
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002252 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002253 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2254
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002255 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002256
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002257 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2258 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2259 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2260 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002262 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002264 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2265 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2266 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002267 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002269 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002270
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002271 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002272 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002274 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002275
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002276 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002277 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002278
2279- Configuration Management:
2280 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2281
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002282 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2283 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002284
2285- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2286
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002287 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2288 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002289 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002290 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2291 protects these variables from casual modification by
2292 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2293 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002294 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002295
2296 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2297 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002298 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002299 these parameters.
2300
2301 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2302 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002303 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002304 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2305 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2306 read-only.]
2307
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002308 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2309 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2310 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2311 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2312
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002313- Protected RAM:
2314 CONFIG_PRAM
2315
2316 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2317 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2318 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2319 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2320 this default value by defining an environment
2321 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2322 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2323 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2324 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2325 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2326 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2327 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2328
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002329 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002330 saveenv
2331
2332 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2333 either, which results in a memory region that will
2334 not be affected by reboots.
2335
2336 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2337 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2338 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2339 following board configurations are known to be
2340 "pRAM-clean":
2341
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002342 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2343 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002344 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002345
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002346- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2347 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2348 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2349 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2350 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2351 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2352 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2353
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002354- Error Recovery:
2355 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2356
2357 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2358 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2359 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002360 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002361 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2362 useful during development since you can try to debug
2363 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2364
2365 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2366
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002367 This variable defines the number of retries for
2368 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2369 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2370 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002371
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002372 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2373
2374 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2375
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002376 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2377
2378 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2379 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2380 try longer timeout such as
2381 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2382
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002383- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002384 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002385
2386 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2387
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002388 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2389 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002390
2391
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002392 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393
2394 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2395 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2396 powerful command line syntax like
2397 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2398 constructs ("shell scripts").
2399
2400 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2401 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2402
2403
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002404 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002405
2406 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2407 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2408 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2409
2410 Note:
2411
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002412 In the current implementation, the local variables
2413 space and global environment variables space are
2414 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2415 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2416 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2417 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2418 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002419
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002420 Global environment variables are those you use
2421 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2422 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2423 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002424
2425 To store commands and special characters in a
2426 variable, please use double quotation marks
2427 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2428 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2429 symbols.
2430
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002431- Commandline Editing and History:
2432 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2433
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002434 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002435 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002436
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002437- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002438 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2439
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002440 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2441 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002442 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002443
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002444 For example, place something like this in your
2445 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002446
2447 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2448 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2449 "myvar2=value2\0"
2450
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002451 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2452 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2453 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2454 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002455 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002456 You better know what you are doing here.
2457
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002458 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2459 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002460 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002461 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002462
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002463 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2464
2465 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2466 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2467 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2468
2469 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2470
2471 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2472 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2473 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2474 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2475 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2476
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002477 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2478
2479 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2480 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2481 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2482
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002483 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2484
2485 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2486 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2487 that so that the environment is not available until
2488 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2489 this is instead controlled by the value of
2490 /config/load-environment.
2491
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002492- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002493 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2494
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002495 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2496 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2497 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002498
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002499- Serial Flash support
2500 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2501
2502 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2503 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2504
2505 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2506 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2507 commands.
2508
2509 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2510 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2511 flash is present on the system.
2512
2513 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2514 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2515 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2516 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2517
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002518 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2519
2520 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2521 test ('sf test').
2522
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002523- SystemACE Support:
2524 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2525
2526 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2527 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002528 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002529 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002530
2531 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002532 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002533
2534 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2535 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2536
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002537- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2538 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2539
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002540 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002541 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002542 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002543 number generator is used.
2544
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002545 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2546 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2547 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2548
2549 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002550 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2551 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2552 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2553 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2554 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2555 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2556
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002557- Hashing support:
2558 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2559
2560 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2561 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2562
2563 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2564
2565 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2566 size a little.
2567
2568 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2569 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2570
2571 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2572 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2573
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002574- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002575 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2576
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002577 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2578 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2579 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2580 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2581 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2582 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002583
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002584- Detailed boot stage timing
2585 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2586 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2587 of the boot process.
2588
2589 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2590 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2591 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2592 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2593 the limit, recording will stop.
2594
2595 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2596 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2597
2598 Timer summary in microseconds:
2599 Mark Elapsed Stage
2600 0 0 reset
2601 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2602 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2603 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2604 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2605 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2606 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2607 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2608
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002609 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2610 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2611 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2612
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002613 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2614 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2615 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2616 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2617 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2618 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2619 For example:
2620
2621 bootstage {
2622 154 {
2623 name = "board_init_f";
2624 mark = <3575678>;
2625 };
2626 170 {
2627 name = "lcd";
2628 accum = <33482>;
2629 };
2630 };
2631
2632 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2633
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002634Legacy uImage format:
2635
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636 Arg Where When
2637 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002638 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002639 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002640 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002641 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002642 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002643 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2644 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2645 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002646 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002647 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2648 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2649 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2650 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002651 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002652 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002653
2654 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2655 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2656 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2657 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2658 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2659 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2660 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002661 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002662 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2663 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2664
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002665 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002667 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002668 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2669 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002670
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002671 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2672 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2673 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2674 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2675 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2676 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2677 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2678 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2679 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2680 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2681 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2682 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2683 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2684 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2685 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2686 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2687 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2688 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2689 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2690 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2691 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2692 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2693 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2694 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2695 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2696 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2697 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2698 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2699 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2700 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2701 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2702 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2703 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2704 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2705 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2706 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2707 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2708 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2709 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2710 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2711 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2712 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2713 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2714 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2715 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2716 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2717 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002718
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002719 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002720
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002721 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002722 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2723 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002724
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002725 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2726 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002727 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002728 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2729 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2730 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002731 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2732 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002733 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002734
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002735FIT uImage format:
2736
2737 Arg Where When
2738 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2739 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2740 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2741 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2742 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2743 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002744 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002745 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2746 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2747 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2748 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2749 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002750 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2751 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002752 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2753 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2754 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2755 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2756 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2757 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2758 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2759 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2760
2761 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2762 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2763 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002764 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002765 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2766 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2767 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2768 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2769 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2770 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2771 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2772 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2773 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2774 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2775 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2776 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2777
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002778 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002779 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2780
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002781 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002782 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2783
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002784 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002785 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2786
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002787- FIT image support:
2788 CONFIG_FIT
2789 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2790
2791 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2792 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2793 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2794 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2795 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2796 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2797
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002798- Standalone program support:
2799 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2800
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002801 This option defines a board specific value for the
2802 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2803 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002804 settings.
2805
2806- Frame Buffer Address:
2807 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2808
2809 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002810 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2811 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2812 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2813 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2814 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2815 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2816 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002817
2818 Please see board_init_f function.
2819
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002820- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2821 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2822 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2823 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2824
2825 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2826 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2827
2828- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2829 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2830
2831 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2832 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2833
2834 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2835
2836 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2837 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2838
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002839- UBI support
2840 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2841
2842 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2843 with the UBI flash translation layer
2844
2845 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2846
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002847 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2848
2849 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2850 warnings and errors enabled.
2851
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002852- UBIFS support
2853 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2854
2855 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2856 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2857
2858 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2859
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002860 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2861
2862 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2863 warnings and errors enabled.
2864
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002865- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002866 CONFIG_SPL
2867 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002868
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002869 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2870 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2871
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002872 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2873 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2874 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2875 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002876 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002877 must not be both defined at the same time.
2878
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002879 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002880 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2881 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2882 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2883 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002884
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002885 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2886 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002887
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002888 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2889 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2890 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2891
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002892 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2893 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2894
2895 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002896 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2897 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2898 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002899 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002900 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002901
2902 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2903 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2904
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002905 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2906 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2907 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2908 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2909
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002910 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2911 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2912
2913 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2914 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002915
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002916 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2917 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2918 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2919 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2920
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002921 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2922 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2923 about the running system.
2924
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002925 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2926 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2927
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002928 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2929 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002930
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002931 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2932 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002933
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002934 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2935 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002936
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002937 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2938 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002939
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002940 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2941 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002942
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002943 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2944 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2945 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2946 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2947 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2948
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002949 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2950 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2951 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2952
2953 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2954 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2955 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2956 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2957 (for falcon mode)
2958
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002959 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2960 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2961
2962 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2963 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2964
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002965 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
2966 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
2967 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
2968
2969 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
2970 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
2971 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
2972
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002973 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2974 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2975 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2976 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2977 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2978
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002979 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2980 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2981 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2982
2983 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2984 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2985
2986 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2987 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2988
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002989 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002990 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2991 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002992
2993 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2994 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2995 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2996 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2997 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2998 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002999 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003000
3001 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003002 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3003
3004 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3005 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3006
3007 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3008 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003009
3010 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003011 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003012
3013 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3014 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3015 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3016
3017 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3018 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3019 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3020
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003021 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3022 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003023
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003024 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3025 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003026
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003027 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3028 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003029
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003030 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3031 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3032
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003033 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3034 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003035
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003036 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003037 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3038 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3039 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3040 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3041 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003042
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003043 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3044 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3045 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3046 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3047
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003048 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3049 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3050 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3051 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3052 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3053
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003054Modem Support:
3055--------------
3056
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003057[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003058
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003059- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003060 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3061
3062- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3063 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3064
3065- Modem debug support:
3066 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3067
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003068 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3069 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003070
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003071- Interrupt support (PPC):
3072
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003073 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3074 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003075 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003076 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003077 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003078 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003079 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003080 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3081 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3082 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003083
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003084- General:
3085
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003086 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3087 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3088 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003089 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003090 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3091 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3092 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003093
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003094 If there are no modem init strings in the
3095 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3096 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003097 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003098
3099 See also: doc/README.Modem
3100
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003101Board initialization settings:
3102------------------------------
3103
3104During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3105to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3106before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3107following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3108architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3109typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3110
3111- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3112- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3113- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3114- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003116Configuration Settings:
3117-----------------------
3118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003119- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003120 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3121
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003122- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3123 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3124
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003125- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003126 prompt for user input.
3127
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003128- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003129
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003130- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003132- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003133
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003134- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003135 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3136 booted
3137
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003138- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003141- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003142 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003144- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003145 If the board specific function
3146 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3147 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003148 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003150- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003151 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003153- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003156- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003157 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3158 simple memory test.
3159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003160- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003161 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003163- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003164 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3165 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3166
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003167- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3168 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003169 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003170 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003171 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3172 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3173 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003174 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003175 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003176 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003177
3178 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3179 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3180 be touched.
3181
3182 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3183 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3184 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3185 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3186 problems.
3187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003188- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003189 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3190
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003191- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003192 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003194- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003195 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3196 Cogent motherboard)
3197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003198- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003199 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003201- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3203 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003204 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003205 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003207- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003208 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3209 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3210 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3211 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003213- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003214 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003216- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003217 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3218 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003219 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003220 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003222- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003223 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3224 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003225 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3226 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3227 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3228 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003229 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003230 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3231 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3232 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003234- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3235 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3236 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3237 is enabled.
3238
3239- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3240 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3241 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3242
3243- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3244 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3245 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003247- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003248 Max number of Flash memory banks
3249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003250- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003251 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003253- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003254 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003256- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003257 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3258
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003259- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003260 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003262- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003263 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003265- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003266 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3267 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003269- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003270
3271 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3272 without this option such a download has to be
3273 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3274 copy from RAM to flash.
3275
3276 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3277 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003278 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3279 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003282- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003283 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003284 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003286- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003287 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3288 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003289
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003290- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3291 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3292 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3293 to the MTD layer.
3294
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003295- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003296 Use buffered writes to flash.
3297
3298- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3299 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3300 write commands.
3301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003302- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003303 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3304 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3305 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3306 optionally available.
3307
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003308- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3309 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3310 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3311 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3312
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003313- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3314 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3315 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3316 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3317 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3318 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3319 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3320 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003322- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003323 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3324 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003325 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3326 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003327 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003328 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3329
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003330- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3331
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003332 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3333 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3334 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3335 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3336 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003337
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003338- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3339- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3340 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3341 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3342 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3343 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3344
3345 The format of the list is:
3346 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003347 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3348 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003349 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3350 list = entry[,list]
3351
3352 The type attributes are:
3353 s - String (default)
3354 d - Decimal
3355 x - Hexadecimal
3356 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3357 i - IP address
3358 m - MAC address
3359
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003360 The access attributes are:
3361 a - Any (default)
3362 r - Read-only
3363 o - Write-once
3364 c - Change-default
3365
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003366 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3367 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3368 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3369
3370 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3371 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3372 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3373 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3374 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3375 ".flags" variable.
3376
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003377- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3378 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3379 access flags.
3380
Simon Glass66828322013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003381- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3382 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3383 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3384 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3385 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3386 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3387 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3388 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3389 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3390
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003391- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3392 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3393 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3394 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3395 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3396
Lokesh Vutla100c2d82013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003397- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3398 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3399 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3400 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003401
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003402The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3403of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3404following configurations:
3405
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003406- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3407
3408 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3409 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003411- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003412
3413 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3414
3415 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3416 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3417 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3418 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3419 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3420 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3421 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3422 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3423 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3424 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3425 between U-Boot and the environment.
3426
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003427 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003428
3429 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3430 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3431 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3432 for this sector is given here.
3433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003434 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003436 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003437
3438 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3439 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003440 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003442 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003443
3444 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3445
3446
3447 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3448 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3449 the environment.
3450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003451 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003452
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003453 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003454 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003455 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3456 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3457
3458 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3459 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3460 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3461 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3462 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3463 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3464 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3465 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3466 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003468 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3469 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003470
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003471 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003472 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003473 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003474 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003475
3476BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3477source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3478accordingly!
3479
3480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003481- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003482
3483 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3484 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3485 environment.
3486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003487 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3488 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003489
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003490 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003491 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3492 can just be read and written to, without any special
3493 provision.
3494
3495BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3496in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003497console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498U-Boot will hang.
3499
3500Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3501environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3502keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3503to save the current settings.
3504
3505
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003506- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003507
3508 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3509 device and a driver for it.
3510
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003511 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3512 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003513
3514 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3515 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3516
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003517 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3519 The default address is zero.
3520
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003521 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003522 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3523 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3524 would require six bits.
3525
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003526 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003527 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003528 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003530 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003531 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3532 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003534 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003535 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3536 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3537 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3538 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3539 byte chips.
3540
3541 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3542 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3543 in the chip address.
3544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003545 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3547
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003548 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3549 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3550 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3551
3552 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3553 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3554 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3555 EEPROM. For example:
3556
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003557 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003558
3559 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3560 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003562- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003563
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003564 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003565 want to use for the environment.
3566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003567 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3568 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3569 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003570
3571 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3572 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3573 at the specified address.
3574
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003575- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3576
3577 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3578 want to use for the local device's environment.
3579
3580 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3581 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3582
3583 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3584 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3585 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003586 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003587
3588BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3589"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003590environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3591but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003592
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003593- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003594
3595 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3596 for the environment.
3597
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003598 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3599 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003600
3601 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003602 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3603 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003604
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003605 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003606
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003607 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003608 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3609 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003610 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003611 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3612
3613 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3614
3615 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3616 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3617 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3618 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3619 the range to be avoided.
3620
3621 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003622
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003623 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3624 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3625 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3626 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3627 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003628
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003629- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3630
3631 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3632 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3633 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3634
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003635- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3636
3637 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3638 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3639 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3640
3641 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3642
3643 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3644
3645 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3646
3647 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3648 environment in.
3649
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003650 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3651
3652 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3653 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3654 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3655
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003656 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3657 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3658
3659 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3660 when storing the env in UBI.
3661
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003662- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3663
3664 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3665 environment.
3666
3667 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3668
3669 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3670
3671 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3672
3673 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3674 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3675 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3676
3677 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3678 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3679
3680 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3681 area within the specified MMC device.
3682
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003683 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3684 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3685 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3686 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3687 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3688 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3689 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3690
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003691 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3692 MMC sector boundary.
3693
3694 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3695
3696 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3697 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3698 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3699 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3700
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003701 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3702 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3703
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003704 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3705 an MMC sector boundary.
3706
3707 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3708
3709 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3710 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3711 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3712
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003713- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003714
3715 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3716 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3717 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3718 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3719 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3720 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3721 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3722
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003723Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003725created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003726until then to read environment variables.
3727
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003728The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3729is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3730with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3731necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3732"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3733have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003734
3735Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3736the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003737use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003739- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003740 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003741
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003742 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003743 also needs to be defined.
3744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003745- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003746 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003748- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3749 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3750 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3751 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3752 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3753 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3754
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003755- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3756 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3757 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3758 to do this.
3759
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003760- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3761 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3762 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3763 present.
3764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003765Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003766---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003768- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003769 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003771- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003772 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003773
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003774 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3775 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3776 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003777
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003778- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3779 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3780 PowerPC SOCs.
3781
3782- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3783 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3784 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3785
3786 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3787 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3788
3789- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3790 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3791 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003792 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003793 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3794 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3795 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3796
3797 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3798 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3799
3800- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003801 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3802 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003803 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3804 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3805
3806- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3807 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3808 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3809 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3810
3811- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3812 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3813 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3814
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003815- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003816 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003817
3818 the default drive number (default value 0)
3819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003820 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003821
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003822 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003823 (default value 1)
3824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003825 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003826
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003827 defines the offset of register from address. It
3828 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003829 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003831 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3832 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003833 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003835 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003836 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3837 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3838 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3839 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003840
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003841- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3842 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3843 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3844 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3845 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3846 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3847 is requierd.
3848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003849- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003850 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003851 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003853- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003855 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003856 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3857 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3858 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3859 will become available only after programming the
3860 memory controller and running certain initialization
3861 sequences.
3862
3863 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3864 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3865 - MPC824X: data cache
3866 - PPC4xx: data cache
3867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003868- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003869
3870 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003871 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3872 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003874 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003875 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3876 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3877 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003878
3879 Note:
3880 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3881 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003882 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003883 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3884 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003886- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003888- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003890- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003892- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003894- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003895
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003896- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003897
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003898- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003899 SDRAM timing
3900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003901- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902 periodic timer for refresh
3903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003904- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003906- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3907 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3908 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3909 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3911
3912- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003913 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3914 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003917- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3918 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3920 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003922- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003923 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3924 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003926- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003927 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3928 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003930- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3932 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003934- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003935 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3936 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3937 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003939- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003940 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3941 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3942 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3943 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003945- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3946 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3947 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3948 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3949 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3950 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3951 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3952 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003953 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003954
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003955- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3956 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3957 required.
3958
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003959- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3960 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3961 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3962 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3963 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3964 by coreboot or similar.
3965
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003966- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3967 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3968
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003969- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3970 Chip has SRIO or not
3971
3972- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3973 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3974
3975- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3976 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3977
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003978- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3979 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3980
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003981- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3982 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3983
3984- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3985 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3986
3987- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3988 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3989
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003990- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3991 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3992 a 16 bit bus.
3993 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003994 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003995 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003996 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003997
3998- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3999 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4000 a default value will be used.
4001
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004002- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004003 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4004 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4005
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004006 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4007 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004009- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004010 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4011 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4012 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004013
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004014- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4015 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4016 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4017 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4018 header files or board specific files.
4019
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004020- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4021 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004023- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004024 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4025 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004026
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004027- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4028 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4029
4030- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4031 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004032 to the given FEC; i. e.
4033 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004034 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4035
4036 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4037
4038- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4039 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4040 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4041
4042- CONFIG_RMII
4043 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4044 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4045 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4046
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004047- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4048 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4049 The syntax is:
4050
4051 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4052
4053 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4054 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4055 area should have.
4056
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004057- CONFIG_LOOPW
4058 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004059 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004060
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004061- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4062 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4063 "md/mw" commands.
4064 Examples:
4065
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004066 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004067 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4068
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004069 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004070 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4071
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004072 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004073 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004074
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004075- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004076 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004077 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4078 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4079 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004080
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004081 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4082 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4083 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4084 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004085
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004086- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004087 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4088 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4089 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004090
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004091- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4092 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4093 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4094 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4095 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4096 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4097 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4098 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4099
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004100- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4101 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4102 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4103 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4104 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4105
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004106- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4107 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4108 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004109
Mark Jackson52b003c2013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004110- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4111 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4112
4113 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004114
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004115Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4116-----------------------------------
4117
4118The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4119loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4120This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4121are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4122within that device.
4123
4124- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4125 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4126 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4127 is also specified.
4128
4129- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4130 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4131 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4132 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4133 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4134
4135- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4136 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4137 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4138 virtual address in NOR flash.
4139
4140- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4141 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4142 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4143
4144- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4145 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4146 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4147
4148- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4149 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4150 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4151
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004152- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4153 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4154 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004155 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4156 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4157 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004158
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004159Building the Software:
4160======================
4161
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004162Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4163and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4164all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4165(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4166recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4167which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004168
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004169If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4170have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4171you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4172Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4173necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004175 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4176 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004178Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4179 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4180 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4181 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4182
4183 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4184
4185 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4186 be executed on computers running Windows.
4187
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004188U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4189sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190is done by typing:
4191
4192 make NAME_config
4193
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004194where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004195rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004196
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004197Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4198 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4199 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4200 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004201 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004203 make TQM823L_config
4204 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004206 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4207 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004211
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004212Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4213images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004215- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4216- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4217- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004219By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4220in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4221this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4222
42231. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4224
4225 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4226 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4227 make O=/tmp/build all
4228
42292. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4230
4231 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4232 make distclean
4233 make NAME_config
4234 make all
4235
4236Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4237variable.
4238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004240Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4241for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4242native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004245If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4246to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4247steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000042491. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004250 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4251 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000042522. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4253 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4254 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
42553. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4256 your board
42573. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4258 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
42594. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
42605. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4261 to be installed on your target system.
42626. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4263 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004266Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4267==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004269If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4270or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4272the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004273official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004275But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4276cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004277the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4278just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004279for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4280select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4281environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4282you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004283
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004284 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004286or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004287
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004288 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004290When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4291U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4292setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4293built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4294<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4295location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4296variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004297
4298 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4299 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4300 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4301
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004302With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4303log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4304during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004305
4306
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004307See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004308
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004310Monitor Commands - Overview:
4311============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313go - start application at address 'addr'
4314run - run commands in an environment variable
4315bootm - boot application image from memory
4316bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004317bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004318tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4319 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4320 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004321tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004322rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4323diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4324loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4325loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4326md - memory display
4327mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4328nm - memory modify (constant address)
4329mw - memory write (fill)
4330cp - memory copy
4331cmp - memory compare
4332crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004333i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004334sspi - SPI utility commands
4335base - print or set address offset
4336printenv- print environment variables
4337setenv - set environment variables
4338saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4339protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4340erase - erase FLASH memory
4341flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004342nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004343bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4344iminfo - print header information for application image
4345coninfo - print console devices and informations
4346ide - IDE sub-system
4347loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004348loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004349mtest - simple RAM test
4350icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4351dcache - enable or disable data cache
4352reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4353echo - echo args to console
4354version - print monitor version
4355help - print online help
4356? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004357
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4360========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004361
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004362TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004363
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004365
4366
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004367Environment Variables:
4368======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004369
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004370U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4371can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004372
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004373Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4374"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4375without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4376environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4377working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4378environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004379
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004380Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4381
4382List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004383
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004384 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004386 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004387
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004394 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4395 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4396 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4397 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4398 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4399 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004400 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4401 bootm_mapsize.
4402
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004403 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004404 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4405 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4406 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4407 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4408 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4409 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004410
4411 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4412 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4413 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4414 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4415 environment variable.
4416
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004417 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4418 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4419 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4420
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004421 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4422 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4423 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4424 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4427 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4428 be automatically started (by internally calling
4429 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004430
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004431 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4432 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4433 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4434 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4435 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004436
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004437 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4438 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004439 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4440 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4441 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4442 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4443 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4444 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4445 access it during the boot procedure.
4446
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004447 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4448 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4449 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4450 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4451 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4452 must be accessible by the kernel.
4453
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004454 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4455 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4456 defined.
4457
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004458 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4459 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4460 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4461 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4462 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4463
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4465 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4466 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4467 is usually what you want since it allows for
4468 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4469 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004470 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004471 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4472 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4473 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4474 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004475
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004476 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4477 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4478 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4479 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4480 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4481 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004483 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004484
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004485 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4486 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4487 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4488 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4489 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4490 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4491 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004492
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004494
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004495 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4496 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004498 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004500 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004501
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004502 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004503
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004504 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004506 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004507
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004508 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004510 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4511 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004513 => setenv ethact FEC
4514 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4515 => setenv ethact SCC
4516 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004518 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4519 available network interfaces.
4520 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4521
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004522 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004523 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4524 When set to "once" the network operation will
4525 fail when all the available network interfaces
4526 are tried once without success.
4527 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4528 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004530 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004531
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004532 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004533 UDP source port.
4534
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004535 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4536 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4537
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004538 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4539 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4540
4541 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4542 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4543 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4544 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4545 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4546 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4547 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4548
4549 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004550 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004551 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004552
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004553The following image location variables contain the location of images
4554used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4555not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4556variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4557server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4558loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4559flash or offset in NAND flash.
4560
4561*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4562boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4563boards use these variables for other purposes.
4564
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004565Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4566----- --------- ----------- --------------
4567u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4568Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4569device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4570ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004571
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4573updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4574depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004575
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004576 bootfile - see above
4577 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4578 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4579 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4580 hostname - Target hostname
4581 ipaddr - see above
4582 netmask - Subnet Mask
4583 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4584 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004585
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004586
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004588
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4590 as type string and/or serial number
4591 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004593These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4594the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4595once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596
4597
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004598Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004599
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004600 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4601 with the "version" command. This variable is
4602 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004604
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4606only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004607
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004608
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004609Callback functions for environment variables:
4610---------------------------------------------
4611
4612For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4613when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4614be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4615deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4616effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4617
4618The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4619U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4620
4621These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4622static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4623in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4624associations. The list must be in the following format:
4625
4626 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4627 list = entry[,list]
4628
4629If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4630Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4631
4632Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4633with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4634override any association in the static list. You can define
4635CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4636".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4637
4638
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004639Command Line Parsing:
4640=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004641
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4643the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645Old, simple command line parser:
4646--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004647
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4649- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004650- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4652 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004653 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4655 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004657Hush shell:
4658-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004659
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4661 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4662 until...do...done, ...
4663- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4664 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4665 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4666 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668General rules:
4669--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004670
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4672 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4673 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4674 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004675
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004677 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004678 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4679 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004680
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4682=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004683
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004684Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4686"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004687
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4689MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4690"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004691
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4693in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4694ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4695variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004696
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004697o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4698 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004699
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4701 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4702 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4705 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004706
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004707o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4708 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4709 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004710
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004711o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4712 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004714If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004715will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004716may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4717The naming convention is as follows:
4718"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004720Image Formats:
4721==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004723U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4724images in two formats:
4725
4726New uImage format (FIT)
4727-----------------------
4728
4729Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4730to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4731components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4732SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4733
4734
4735Old uImage format
4736-----------------
4737
4738Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4739preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4740details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004742* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4743 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004744 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4745 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4746 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004747* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004748 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4749 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4751* Load Address
4752* Entry Point
4753* Image Name
4754* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4757and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4758CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761Linux Support:
4762==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004763
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004764Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4765easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4766U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4769special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4770"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4771instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4772serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4775 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4776 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004777
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4779 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004781- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4782 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4783 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4784 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4785 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4786 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004788
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789Linux HOWTO:
4790============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4793---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4796configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4797(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4798Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004800But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4803include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004804Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4805and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004806as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809Configuring the Linux kernel:
4810-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4813device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004814
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816Building a Linux Image:
4817-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004819With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4820not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4821"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4822U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4823which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4824100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004827
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828 make TQM850L_config
4829 make oldconfig
4830 make dep
4831 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4834encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4835CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004838
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004839* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004841 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4842 -R .note -R .comment \
4843 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004844
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004846
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004848
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004849* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004850
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4852 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4853 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004854
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4857with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4858combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4859byte header containing information about target architecture,
4860operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4861stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004862
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4864print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004865
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4867contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4868checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004869
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870 tools/mkimage -l image
4871 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004872
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4874from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004875
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4877 -n name -d data_file image
4878 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4879 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4880 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4881 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4882 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4883 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4884 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4885 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004886
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004887Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4888address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4889kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4892- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004895
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4897 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004898 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4900 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4901 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4902 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4903 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4904 Load Address: 0x00000000
4905 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004906
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004907To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004908
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004909 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4910 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4911 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4912 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4913 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4914 Load Address: 0x00000000
4915 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004917NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4918speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4919needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4920need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004922 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4924 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004925 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4927 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4928 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4929 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4930 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4931 Load Address: 0x00000000
4932 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004933
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4936when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004937
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004938 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4939 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4940 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4941 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4942 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4943 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4944 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4945 Load Address: 0x00000000
4946 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004947
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004948
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949Installing a Linux Image:
4950-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004951
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4953you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004956
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004957The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4958image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4959address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4960specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4961command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4964TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004965
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968 .......... done
4969 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971 => loads 40100000
4972 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4973 ~>examples/image.srec
4974 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4975 ...
4976 15989 15990 15991 15992
4977 [file transfer complete]
4978 [connected]
4979 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004981
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004983this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004987
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004988 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4989 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4990 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4991 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4992 Load Address: 00000000
4993 Entry Point: 0000000c
4994 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004995
4996
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004997Boot Linux:
4998-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004999
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005000The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5001memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5002of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5003parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5004"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005005
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007 => printenv bootargs
5008 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005009
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005010 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005011
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012 => printenv bootargs
5013 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015 => bootm 40020000
5016 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5017 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5018 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5019 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5020 Load Address: 00000000
5021 Entry Point: 0000000c
5022 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5023 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5024 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5025 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5026 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5027 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5028 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5029 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005030
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005031If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5033format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005036
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005037 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5038 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5039 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5040 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5041 Load Address: 00000000
5042 Entry Point: 0000000c
5043 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5046 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5047 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5048 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5049 Load Address: 00000000
5050 Entry Point: 00000000
5051 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5054 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5055 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5056 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5057 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5058 Load Address: 00000000
5059 Entry Point: 0000000c
5060 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5061 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5062 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5063 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5064 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5065 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5066 Load Address: 00000000
5067 Entry Point: 00000000
5068 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5069 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5070 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5071 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5072 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5073 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5074 ...
5075 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5076 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005077
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005079
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005080Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5081-----------
5082
5083First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5084titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5085following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5086flat device tree:
5087
5088=> print oftaddr
5089oftaddr=0x300000
5090=> print oft
5091oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5092=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5093Speed: 1000, full duplex
5094Using TSEC0 device
5095TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5096Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5097Load address: 0x300000
5098Loading: #
5099done
5100Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5101=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5102Speed: 1000, full duplex
5103Using TSEC0 device
5104TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5105Filename 'uImage'.
5106Load address: 0x200000
5107Loading:############
5108done
5109Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5110=> print loadaddr
5111loadaddr=200000
5112=> print oftaddr
5113oftaddr=0x300000
5114=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5115## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005116 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5117 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5118 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005119 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005120 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005121 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5122 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5123Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5124Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5125Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5126[snip]
5127
5128
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129More About U-Boot Image Types:
5130------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005132U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005133
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5135 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5136 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5137 the Standalone Program.
5138 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5139 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5140 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5141 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5142 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5143 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5144 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5145 being started.
5146 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5147 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5148 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5149 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5150 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5151 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005152
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005153 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5154 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5155 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5156 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5157 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5158 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005159
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5161 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5162 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005163
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5165 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5166 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5167 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005168
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005169Booting the Linux zImage:
5170-------------------------
5171
5172On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5173using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5174as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5175
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005176Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005177kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5178address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5179format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5180
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005181
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182Standalone HOWTO:
5183=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005184
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005185One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5186run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5187U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005188
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005190
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191"Hello World" Demo:
5192-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5195application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5196It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5197like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005198
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199 => loads
5200 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5201 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5202 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5203 [file transfer complete]
5204 [connected]
5205 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005207 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5208 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5209 Hello World
5210 argc = 7
5211 argv[0] = "40004"
5212 argv[1] = "Hello"
5213 argv[2] = "World!"
5214 argv[3] = "This"
5215 argv[4] = "is"
5216 argv[5] = "a"
5217 argv[6] = "test."
5218 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5219 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005220
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5224handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5225Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5226The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5227character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5228controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005229
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5231 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5232 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5233 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005234
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235 => loads
5236 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5237 ~>examples/timer.srec
5238 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5239 [file transfer complete]
5240 [connected]
5241 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005242
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243 => go 40004
5244 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5245 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5246 Using timer 1
5247 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005249Hit 'b':
5250 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5251 Enabling timer
5252Hit '?':
5253 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5254 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5255Hit '?':
5256 [q, b, e, ?] .
5257 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5258Hit '?':
5259 [q, b, e, ?] .
5260 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5261Hit '?':
5262 [q, b, e, ?] .
5263 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5264Hit 'e':
5265 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5266Hit 'q':
5267 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005268
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005269
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005270Minicom warning:
5271================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5274"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5275consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5276Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5277especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005278use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5279http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5280for help with kermit.
5281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005282
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005283Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5284configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5287 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5288 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005289
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005290
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291NetBSD Notes:
5292=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005293
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005294Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5295(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005296
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005297Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5298NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5299need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5300Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5301attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5302missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005303
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005304 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5305 # mkdir powerpc
5306 # ln -s powerpc machine
5307 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5308 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005309
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005310Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5311and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5314stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5315proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5316tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005317meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005319
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005320Implementation Internals:
5321=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005323The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5324implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5325inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5326hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005327
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329Initial Stack, Global Data:
5330---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5333starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5334system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5335This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5336is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5337at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5338options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5339models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5340MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5341locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005343 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005344 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005345
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005346 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5347 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5348 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5349 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005350
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5352 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5353 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5354 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5355 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005356 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5358 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005359
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5361 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005362 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005363 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5364 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5365 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5366 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005368 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5370 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005371 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5373 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5374 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5375 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5376 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005377
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005378 -Chris Hallinan
5379 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005380
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5382code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005383
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5385 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005386
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005387* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5389 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005390
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005391* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5392 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005393
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005394Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5395normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5396turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5397simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5398functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5399functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5400the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5401place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5402reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005403
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005404When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5405relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5406GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005407
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005408For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5409 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005410 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005411 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5412 R5-R10: parameter passing
5413 R13: small data area pointer
5414 R30: GOT pointer
5415 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005416
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005417 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5418 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5419 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005421 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005422
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5424 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5425 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5426 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5427 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5428 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005429
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005430On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005431 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5432
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005433 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005434
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005435On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005436
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437 R0: function argument word/integer result
5438 R1-R3: function argument word
5439 R9: GOT pointer
5440 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5441 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5442 R12: temporary workspace
5443 R13: stack pointer
5444 R14: link register
5445 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005446
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005447 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005448
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005449On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5450 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5451
5452 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5453
5454 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5455 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5456
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005457On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5458
5459 R0-R1: argument/return
5460 R2-R5: argument
5461 R15: temporary register for assembler
5462 R16: trampoline register
5463 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5464 R29: global pointer (GP)
5465 R30: link register (LP)
5466 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5467 PC: program counter (PC)
5468
5469 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5470
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005471NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5472or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005473
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474Memory Management:
5475------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005476
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005477U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5478MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005479
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5481controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5482memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5483physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005484
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5486TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5487booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5488to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005489memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005490configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5491Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005492
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005493Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5494of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005495
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005496So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5497this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005498
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005499 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5500 :
5501 0x0000 1FFF
5502 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5503 :
5504 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506 :
5507 :
5508 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5509 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5510 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5511 :
5512 0x00FD FFFF
5513 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5514 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5515 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5516 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005517
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005518
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005519System Initialization:
5520----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005521
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005522In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005523(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5525To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5526To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5527initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5528which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5529part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5530the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5533preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5534(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5535on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5536programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5537simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5538banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005539
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005540When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5541different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5542bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
55430x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5544contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005545
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5547and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5548Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5549pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005550
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5552until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5553running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5554new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005556
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005557U-Boot Porting Guide:
5558----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5561list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005563
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005564int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005565{
5566 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005567
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005568 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5569 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005570
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005571 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005572 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005573 return 0;
5574 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005575
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00005577
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005578 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005579
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005580 if (clueless)
5581 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005582
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005583 while (learning) {
5584 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005585 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5586 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005588 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005590
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005591 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5592 Buy a BDI3000;
5593 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005594 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005595
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005596 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5597 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5598 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5599 } else {
5600 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5601 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5602 }
5603 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5604 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005605
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005606 while (!accepted) {
5607 while (!running) {
5608 do {
5609 Add / modify source code;
5610 } until (compiles);
5611 Debug;
5612 if (clueless)
5613 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5614 }
5615 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5616 if (reasonable critiques)
5617 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5618 else
5619 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005620 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005621
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622 return 0;
5623}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005624
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625void no_more_time (int sig)
5626{
5627 hire_a_guru();
5628}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005629
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005630
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005631Coding Standards:
5632-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005635coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005636"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005637
5638Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5639MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5640reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5641sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005642
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005643Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5644Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5645in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00005646
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5648- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005649- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005650- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005651- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5655with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005656
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005657
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658Submitting Patches:
5659-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005660
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5662establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5663may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005664
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005665Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005666
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005667Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5668see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5669
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5671it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005672
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005673* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5674 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5675 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005676
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005677* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5678 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005679
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005681
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005685 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005686
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005687* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5688 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005690* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5691 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005692 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005693 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5694 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00005695
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005696 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5697 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5698 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005699
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005700 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5701 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5702 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5703 affected files).
5704
5705 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5706 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005707
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5709 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00005710
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005711* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5712 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005713
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005714
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005715Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005716
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005717* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5718 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5719 for any of the boards.
5720
5721* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5722 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5723 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005724
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005725* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5726 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5727 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5728 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5729 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5730 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005731
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005732* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5733 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5734 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5735 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.